When the whole nation had finished crossing the Jordan, the LORD said to Joshua,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         - 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer-
                
                
                     When 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer-
         When 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         the whole 
    
 
        
            הַגּ֔וֹי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּ֔וֹי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w
                
                
                     nation 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w
         nation 
    
 
        
            תַּ֣מּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּ֣מּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tam·mū
                
                
                     had finished 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8552 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be complete, be finished, be at an end <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to be finished, be completed <BR> 1a1a) completely, wholly, entirely (as auxiliary with verb) <BR> 1a2) to be finished, come to an end, cease <BR> 1a3) to be complete (of number) <BR> 1a4) to be consumed, be exhausted, be spent <BR> 1a5) to be finished, be consumed, be destroyed <BR> 1a6) to be complete, be sound, be unimpaired, be upright (ethically) <BR> 1a7) to complete, finish <BR> 1a8) to be completely crossed over <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be consumed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to finish, complete, perfect <BR> 1c2) to finish, cease doing, leave off doing <BR> 1c3) to complete, sum up, make whole <BR> 1c4) to destroy (uncleanness) <BR> 1c5) to make sound <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to deal in integrity, act uprightly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tam·mū
         had finished 
    
 
        
            לַעֲב֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲב֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·ḇō·wr
                
                
                     crossing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·ḇō·wr
         crossing 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dēn p̄
                
                
                     the Jordan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dēn p̄
         the Jordan , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Choose twelve men from among the people, one from each tribe,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            קְח֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְח֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ḥū
                
                
                     “ Choose 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ḥū
         “ Choose 
    
 
        
            לָכֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nêm
                
                
                     twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - md 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nêm
         twelve 
    
 
        
            עָשָׂ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשָׂ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śār
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śār
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשִׁ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשִׁ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִישׁ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִישׁ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš-
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš-
         men 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from among 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     the people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         the people , 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            אִישׁ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִישׁ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִשָּֽׁבֶט׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשָּֽׁבֶט׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·šā·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     from each tribe , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·šā·ḇeṭ
         from each tribe , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and command them: ‘Take up for yourselves twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan where the priests were standing, carry them with you, and set them down in the place where you spend the night.’”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְצַוּ֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצַוּ֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣaw·wū
                
                
                     and command them : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣaw·wū
         and command them : 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָם֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָם֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹר֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹר֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׂאֽוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂאֽוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·’ū-
                
                
                     ‘ Take up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·’ū-
         ‘ Take up 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     for yourselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         for yourselves 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּים־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּים־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·têm-
                
                
                     twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·têm-
         twelve 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲבָנִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבָנִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            מִזֶּ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזֶּ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·zeh
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·zeh
         from 
    
 
        
            מִתּ֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתּ֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·tō·wḵ
                
                
                     the middle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·tō·wḵ
         the middle 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan 
    
 
        
            מִמַּצַּב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמַּצַּב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·maṣ·ṣaḇ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) station, garrison, standing-place <BR> 1a) standing-place (of feet) <BR> 1b) station, office, position <BR> 1c) garrison, post, outpost 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·maṣ·ṣaḇ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            רַגְלֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     where the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         where the priests 
    
 
        
            הָכִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָכִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ḵîn
                
                
                     were standing , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Infinitive absolute 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be firm, be stable, be established <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to be set up, be established, be fixed <BR> 1a1a) to be firmly established <BR> 1a1b) to be established, be stable, be secure, be enduring <BR> 1a1c) to be fixed, be securely determined <BR> 1a2) to be directed aright, be fixed aright, be steadfast (moral sense) <BR> 1a3) to prepare, be ready <BR> 1a4) to be prepared, be arranged, be settled <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to establish, set up, accomplish, do, make firm <BR> 1b2) to fix, make ready, prepare, provide, provide for, furnish <BR> 1b3) to direct toward (moral sense) <BR> 1b4) to arrange, order <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be established, be fastened <BR> 1c2) to be prepared, be ready <BR> 1d) (Polel) <BR> 1d1) to set up, establish <BR> 1d2) to constitute, make <BR> 1d3) to fix <BR> 1d4) to direct <BR> 1e) (Pulal) to be established, be prepared <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) to be established, be restored 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ḵîn
         were standing , 
    
 
        
            וְהַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ha·‘ă·ḇar·tem
                
                
                     carry 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ha·‘ă·ḇar·tem
         carry 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            עִמָּכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mā·ḵem
                
                
                     with you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mā·ḵem
         with you , 
    
 
        
            וְהִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·naḥ·tem
                
                
                     and set them down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to rest, settle down and remain <BR> 1a2) to repose, have rest, be quiet <BR> 1b) (Hiph) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rest, give rest to, make quiet <BR> 1b2) to cause to rest, cause to alight, set down <BR> 1b3) to lay or set down, deposit, let lie, place <BR> 1b4) to let remain, leave <BR> 1b5) to leave, depart from <BR> 1b6) to abandon <BR> 1b7) to permit <BR> 1c) (Hoph) <BR> 1c1) to obtain rest, be granted rest <BR> 1c2) to be left, be placed <BR> 1c3) open space (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·naḥ·tem
         and set them down 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּמָּל֕וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמָּל֕וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·mā·lō·wn
                
                
                     in the place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4411 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of lodging, inn, khan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·mā·lō·wn
         in the place 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     where 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         where 
    
 
        
            תָּלִ֥ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּלִ֥ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·lî·nū
                
                
                     you spend 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lodge, stop over, pass the night, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lodge, pass the night <BR> 1a2) to abide, remain (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to rest or lodge <BR> 1c) (Hithpalpel) to dwell, abide <BR> 2) to grumble, complain, murmur <BR> 2a) (Niphal) to grumble <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) to complain, cause to grumble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·lî·nū
         you spend 
    
 
        
            ב֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ב֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇōw
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇōw
         
    
 
        
            הַלָּֽיְלָה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלָּֽיְלָה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lā·yə·lāh
                
                
                     the night . ’” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lā·yə·lāh
         the night . ’” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Joshua summoned the twelve men he had appointed from the Israelites, one from each tribe,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     So Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         So Joshua 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·rā
                
                
                     summoned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·rā
         summoned 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nêm
                
                
                     the twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - md 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nêm
         the twelve 
    
 
        
            הֶֽעָשָׂר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶֽעָשָׂר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·śār
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·śār
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִ֔ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֔ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         men 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            הֵכִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵכִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·ḵîn
                
                
                     he had appointed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be firm, be stable, be established <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to be set up, be established, be fixed <BR> 1a1a) to be firmly established <BR> 1a1b) to be established, be stable, be secure, be enduring <BR> 1a1c) to be fixed, be securely determined <BR> 1a2) to be directed aright, be fixed aright, be steadfast (moral sense) <BR> 1a3) to prepare, be ready <BR> 1a4) to be prepared, be arranged, be settled <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to establish, set up, accomplish, do, make firm <BR> 1b2) to fix, make ready, prepare, provide, provide for, furnish <BR> 1b3) to direct toward (moral sense) <BR> 1b4) to arrange, order <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be established, be fastened <BR> 1c2) to be prepared, be ready <BR> 1d) (Polel) <BR> 1d1) to set up, establish <BR> 1d2) to constitute, make <BR> 1d3) to fix <BR> 1d4) to direct <BR> 1e) (Pulal) to be established, be prepared <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) to be established, be restored 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·ḵîn
         he had appointed 
    
 
        
            מִבְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bə·nê
                
                
                     from the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bə·nê
         from the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            אִישׁ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִישׁ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִישׁ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִישׁ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִשָּֽׁבֶט׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשָּֽׁבֶט׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·šā·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     from [each] tribe , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·šā·ḇeṭ
         from [each] tribe , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and said to them, “Cross over before the ark of the LORD your God into the middle of the Jordan. Each of you is to take a stone upon his shoulder, according to the number of the tribes of Israel,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         and said 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     to them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         to them , 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עִ֠בְרוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֠בְרוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘iḇ·rū
                
                
                     “ Cross over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘iḇ·rū
         “ Cross over 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            אֲר֧וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲר֧וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rō·wn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rō·wn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
                
                
                     your God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
         your God 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         into 
    
 
        
            תּ֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תּ֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·wḵ
                
                
                     the middle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·wḵ
         the middle 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan . 
    
 
        
            אִ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     Each 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         Each 
    
 
        
            וְהָרִ֨ימוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָרִ֨ימוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·rî·mū
                
                
                     of you is to take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, rise up, be high, be lofty, be exalted <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be high, be set on high <BR> 1a2) to be raised, be uplifted, be exalted <BR> 1a3) to be lifted, rise <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to raise or rear (children), cause to grow up <BR> 1b2) to lift up, raise, exalt <BR> 1b3) to exalt, extol <BR> 1c) (Polal) to be lifted up <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to raise, lift, lift up, take up, set up, erect, exalt, set on high <BR> 1d2) to lift up (and take away), remove <BR> 1d3) to lift off and present, contribute, offer, contribute <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be taken off, be abolished <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) to exalt oneself, magnify oneself <BR> 2) (Qal) to be rotten, be wormy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·rî·mū
         of you is to take 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         
    
 
        
            אַחַת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחַת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     a 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥaṯ
         a 
    
 
        
            אֶ֤בֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֤בֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḇen
                
                
                     stone 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḇen
         stone 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     upon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         upon 
    
 
        
            שִׁכְמ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁכְמ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḵ·mōw
                
                
                     his shoulder , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7926 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) shoulder, back <BR> 1a) shoulder, shoulder-blade <BR> 1b) back (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḵ·mōw
         his shoulder , 
    
 
        
            לְמִסְפַּ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִסְפַּ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mis·par
                
                
                     according to the number 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4557 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) number, tale <BR> 1a) number <BR> 1a1) number <BR> 1a2) innumerable (with negative) <BR> 1a3) few, numerable (alone) <BR> 1a4) by count, in number, according to number (with prep) <BR> 1b) recounting, relation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mis·par
         according to the number 
    
 
        
            שִׁבְטֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְטֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·ṭê
                
                
                     of the tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·ṭê
         of the tribes 
    
 
        
            בְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            to serve as a sign among you. In the future, when your children ask, ‘What do these stones mean to you?’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְמַ֗עַן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַ֗עַן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ma·‘an
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4616 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purpose, intent prep <BR> 1a) for the sake of <BR> 1b) in view of, on account of <BR> 1c) for the purpose of, to the intent that, in order to conj <BR> 1d) to the end that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ma·‘an
         to 
    
 
        
            זֹ֥את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹ֥את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zōṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zōṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·yeh
                
                
                     serve as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·yeh
         serve as 
    
 
        
            א֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
א֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·wṯ
                
                
                     a sign 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        226 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign, signal <BR> 1a) a distinguishing mark <BR> 1b) banner <BR> 1c) remembrance <BR> 1d) miraculous sign <BR> 1e) omen <BR> 1f) warning <BR> 2) token, ensign, standard, miracle, proof 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·wṯ
         a sign 
    
 
        
            בְּקִרְבְּכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּקִרְבְּכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·qir·bə·ḵem
                
                
                     among you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, among, inner part, middle <BR> 1a) inward part <BR> 1a1) physical sense <BR> 1a2) as seat of thought and emotion <BR> 1a3) as faculty of thought and emotion <BR> 1b) in the midst, among, from among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1c) entrails (of sacrificial animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·qir·bə·ḵem
         among you . 
    
 
        
            מָחָר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָחָר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḥār
                
                
                     In the future , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4279 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tomorrow, in time to come, in the future <BR> 1a) tomorrow (as the day following the present day) <BR> 1b) in future time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḥār
         In the future , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     when 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         when 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê·ḵem
                
                
                     your children 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê·ḵem
         your children 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁאָל֨וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁאָל֨וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·’ā·lūn
                
                
                     ask , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7592 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, enquire, borrow, beg <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to ask, ask for <BR> 1a2) to ask (as a favour), borrow <BR> 1a3) to enquire, enquire of <BR> 1a4) to enquire of, consult (of deity, oracle) <BR> 1a5) to seek <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to ask for oneself, ask leave of absence <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to enquire, enquire carefully <BR> 1c2) to beg, practise beggary <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to be given on request <BR> 1d2) to grant, make over to, let (one) ask (successfully) or give or lend on request (then) grant or make over to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·’ā·lūn
         ask , 
    
 
        
            מָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     ‘ What 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         ‘ What 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     do these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         do these 
    
 
        
            הָאֲבָנִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲבָנִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            לָכֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     mean to you ? ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         mean to you ? ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            you are to tell them, ‘The waters of the Jordan were cut off before the ark of the covenant of the LORD. When it crossed the Jordan, the waters were cut off.’ Therefore these stones will be a memorial to the Israelites forever.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·mar·tem
                
                
                     you are to tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·mar·tem
         you are to tell 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - , 
    
 
        
            מֵימֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵימֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·mê
                
                
                     ‘ The waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·mê
         ‘ The waters 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan 
    
 
        
            נִכְרְת֜וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִכְרְת֜וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niḵ·rə·ṯū
                
                
                     were cut off 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut off, cut down, cut off a body part, cut out, eliminate, kill, cut a covenant <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut off <BR> 1a1a) to cut off a body part, behead <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to hew <BR> 1a4) to cut or make a covenant <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off <BR> 1b2) to be cut down <BR> 1b3) to be chewed <BR> 1b4) to be cut off, fail <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be cut off <BR> 1c2) to be cut down <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cut off <BR> 1d2) to cut off, destroy <BR> 1d3) to cut down, destroy <BR> 1d4) to take away <BR> 1d5) to permit to perish <BR> 1e) (Hophal) cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niḵ·rə·ṯū
         were cut off 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            אֲר֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲר֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rō·wn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rō·wn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            בְּרִית־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִית־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rîṯ-
                
                
                     of the covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rîṯ-
         of the covenant 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD . 
    
 
        
            בְּעָבְרוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעָבְרוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ā·ḇə·rōw
                
                
                     When it crossed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ā·ḇə·rōw
         When it crossed 
    
 
        
            בַּיַּרְדֵּ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיַּרְדֵּ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yar·dên
         the Jordan , 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     [the] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         [the] 
    
 
        
            מֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê
                
                
                     waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê
         waters 
    
 
        
            נִכְרְת֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִכְרְת֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niḵ·rə·ṯū
                
                
                     were cut off . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut off, cut down, cut off a body part, cut out, eliminate, kill, cut a covenant <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut off <BR> 1a1a) to cut off a body part, behead <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to hew <BR> 1a4) to cut or make a covenant <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off <BR> 1b2) to be cut down <BR> 1b3) to be chewed <BR> 1b4) to be cut off, fail <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be cut off <BR> 1c2) to be cut down <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cut off <BR> 1d2) to cut off, destroy <BR> 1d3) to cut down, destroy <BR> 1d4) to take away <BR> 1d5) to permit to perish <BR> 1e) (Hophal) cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niḵ·rə·ṯū
         were cut off . ’ 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֧לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֧לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     Therefore these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         Therefore these 
    
 
        
            הָאֲבָנִ֨ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲבָנִ֨ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            וְ֠הָיוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠הָיוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         will be 
    
 
        
            לְזִכָּר֛וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְזִכָּר֛וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·zik·kā·rō·wn
                
                
                     a memorial 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2146 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) memorial, reminder, remembrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·zik·kā·rō·wn
         a memorial 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     to the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         to the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            עוֹלָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹלָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     forever . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·w·lām
         forever . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Thus the Israelites did as Joshua had commanded them. They took up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan, one for each tribe of Israel, just as the LORD had told Joshua; and they carried them to the camp, where they set them down.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     Thus the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         Thus the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rå̄·ʾēl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rå̄·ʾēl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיַּעֲשׂוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּעֲשׂוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū-
                
                
                     did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū-
         did 
    
 
        
            כֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     had commanded them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         had commanded them . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּשְׂא֡וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּשְׂא֡וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiś·’ū
                
                
                     They took up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiś·’ū
         They took up 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê-
                
                
                     twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê-
         twelve 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲבָנִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבָנִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            מִתּ֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתּ֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·tō·wḵ
                
                
                     from the middle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·tō·wḵ
         from the middle 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan , 
    
 
        
            לְמִסְפַּ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִסְפַּ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mis·par
                
                
                     one for each 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4557 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) number, tale <BR> 1a) number <BR> 1a1) number <BR> 1a2) innumerable (with negative) <BR> 1a3) few, numerable (alone) <BR> 1a4) by count, in number, according to number (with prep) <BR> 1b) recounting, relation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mis·par
         one for each 
    
 
        
            שִׁבְטֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְטֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·ṭê
                
                
                     tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·ṭê
         tribe 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber
                
                
                     had told 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber
         had told 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua ; 
    
 
        
            וַיַּעֲבִר֤וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּעֲבִר֤וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·ḇi·rūm
                
                
                     and they carried 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·ḇi·rūm
         and they carried 
    
 
        
            עִמָּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mām
         them 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            הַמָּל֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמָּל֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mā·lō·wn
                
                
                     the camp , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4411 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of lodging, inn, khan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mā·lō·wn
         the camp , 
    
 
        
            וַיַּנִּח֖וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּנִּח֖וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yan·ni·ḥūm
                
                
                     where they set them down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to rest, settle down and remain <BR> 1a2) to repose, have rest, be quiet <BR> 1b) (Hiph) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rest, give rest to, make quiet <BR> 1b2) to cause to rest, cause to alight, set down <BR> 1b3) to lay or set down, deposit, let lie, place <BR> 1b4) to let remain, leave <BR> 1b5) to leave, depart from <BR> 1b6) to abandon <BR> 1b7) to permit <BR> 1c) (Hoph) <BR> 1c1) to obtain rest, be granted rest <BR> 1c2) to be left, be placed <BR> 1c3) open space (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yan·ni·ḥūm
         where they set them down 
    
 
        
            שָֽׁם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָֽׁם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Joshua also set up twelve stones in the middle of the Jordan, in the place where the priests who carried the ark of the covenant stood. And the stones are there to this day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua also 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua also 
    
 
        
            הֵקִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵקִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·qîm
                
                
                     set up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·qîm
         set up 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁתֵּ֧ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁתֵּ֧ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·têm
                
                
                     twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·têm
         twelve 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲבָנִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבָנִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            בְּת֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     in the middle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         in the middle 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּן֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּן֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan , 
    
 
        
            תַּ֗חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּ֗חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     in the place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥaṯ
         in the place 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     where the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         where the priests 
    
 
        
            נֹשְׂאֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹשְׂאֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·śə·’ê
                
                
                     who carried 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·śə·’ê
         who carried 
    
 
        
            אֲר֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲר֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rō·wn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rō·wn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            הַבְּרִ֑ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבְּרִ֑ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bə·rîṯ
                
                
                     of the covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bə·rîṯ
         of the covenant 
    
 
        
            מַצַּב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַצַּב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṣ·ṣaḇ
                
                
                     stood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) station, garrison, standing-place <BR> 1a) standing-place (of feet) <BR> 1b) station, office, position <BR> 1c) garrison, post, outpost 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṣ·ṣaḇ
         stood 
    
 
        
            רַגְלֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lê
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lê
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּ֣הְיוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּ֣הְיוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yih·yū
                
                
                     And [the stones] are 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yih·yū
         And [the stones] are 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     there 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         there 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         to 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         this 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         day . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now the priests who carried the ark remained standing in the middle of the Jordan until the people had completed everything the LORD had commanded Joshua to tell them, just as Moses had directed Joshua. The people hurried across,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהַכֹּהֲנִ֞ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַכֹּהֲנִ֞ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     Now the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hak·kō·hă·nîm
         Now the priests 
    
 
        
            נֹשְׂאֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹשְׂאֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·śə·’ê
                
                
                     who carried 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·śə·’ê
         who carried 
    
 
        
            הָאָר֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָר֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·rō·wn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·rō·wn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            עֹמְדִים֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹמְדִים֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·mə·ḏîm
                
                
                     remained standing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·mə·ḏîm
         remained standing 
    
 
        
            בְּת֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     in the middle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         in the middle 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּן֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּן֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         the people 
    
 
        
            תֹּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֹּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tōm
                
                
                     had completed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8552 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be complete, be finished, be at an end <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to be finished, be completed <BR> 1a1a) completely, wholly, entirely (as auxiliary with verb) <BR> 1a2) to be finished, come to an end, cease <BR> 1a3) to be complete (of number) <BR> 1a4) to be consumed, be exhausted, be spent <BR> 1a5) to be finished, be consumed, be destroyed <BR> 1a6) to be complete, be sound, be unimpaired, be upright (ethically) <BR> 1a7) to complete, finish <BR> 1a8) to be completely crossed over <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be consumed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to finish, complete, perfect <BR> 1c2) to finish, cease doing, leave off doing <BR> 1c3) to complete, sum up, make whole <BR> 1c4) to destroy (uncleanness) <BR> 1c5) to make sound <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to deal in integrity, act uprightly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tōm
         had completed 
    
 
        
            כָּֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     everything 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         everything 
    
 
        
            הַ֠דָּבָר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֠דָּבָר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     had commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         had commanded 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֙עַ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֙עַ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua 
    
 
        
            לְדַבֵּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדַבֵּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     to tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏab·bêr
         to tell 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         them , 
    
 
        
            כְּכֹ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּכֹ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḵōl
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḵōl
         just as 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     had directed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         had directed 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua . 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     The people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         The people 
    
 
        
            וַיְמַהֲר֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְמַהֲר֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ma·hă·rū
                
                
                     hurried 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1)(Qal) to hasten <BR> 1a) (Niphal) to be hurried, be anxious <BR> 1a) hasty, precipitate, impetuous <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to hasten, make haste <BR> 1b2) hasten (used as adverb with another verb) <BR> 1b3) to hasten, prepare quickly, do quickly, bring quickly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ma·hă·rū
         hurried 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּעֲבֹֽרוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּעֲבֹֽרוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·ḇō·rū
                
                
                     across , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·ḇō·rū
         across , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and after everyone had finished crossing, the priests with the ark of the LORD crossed in the sight of the people.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         - 
    
 
        
            כַּֽאֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּֽאֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer-
                
                
                     and after 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer-
         and after 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     everyone 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         everyone 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תַּ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tam
                
                
                     had finished 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8552 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be complete, be finished, be at an end <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to be finished, be completed <BR> 1a1a) completely, wholly, entirely (as auxiliary with verb) <BR> 1a2) to be finished, come to an end, cease <BR> 1a3) to be complete (of number) <BR> 1a4) to be consumed, be exhausted, be spent <BR> 1a5) to be finished, be consumed, be destroyed <BR> 1a6) to be complete, be sound, be unimpaired, be upright (ethically) <BR> 1a7) to complete, finish <BR> 1a8) to be completely crossed over <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be consumed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to finish, complete, perfect <BR> 1c2) to finish, cease doing, leave off doing <BR> 1c3) to complete, sum up, make whole <BR> 1c4) to destroy (uncleanness) <BR> 1c5) to make sound <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to deal in integrity, act uprightly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tam
         had finished 
    
 
        
            לַֽעֲב֑וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽעֲב֑וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·ḇō·wr
                
                
                     crossing , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·ḇō·wr
         crossing , 
    
 
        
            וְהַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hak·kō·hă·nîm
         the priests 
    
 
        
            אֲרוֹן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲרוֹן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rō·wn-
                
                
                     with the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rō·wn-
         with the ark 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיַּעֲבֹ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּעֲבֹ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·ḇōr
                
                
                     crossed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·ḇōr
         crossed 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     in the sight of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         in the sight of 
    
 
        
            הָעָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     the people . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         the people . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh crossed over before the Israelites, armed for battle as Moses had instructed them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     The Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         The Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     the Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê-
         the Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָ֜ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֜ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וַחֲצִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲצִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     and the half-tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·ṣî
         and the half-tribe 
    
 
        
            שֵׁ֤בֶט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁ֤בֶט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·ḇeṭ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַֽמְנַשֶּׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמְנַשֶּׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            וַ֠יַּעַבְרוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַ֠יַּעַבְרוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aḇ·rū
                
                
                     crossed over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aḇ·rū
         crossed over 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·mu·šîm
                
                
                     armed for battle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) in battle array, arrayed for battle by fives, armed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·mu·šîm
         armed for battle 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶֽׁה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶֽׁה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber
                
                
                     had instructed them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber
         had instructed them 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            About 40,000 troops armed for battle crossed over before the LORD into the plains of Jericho.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כְּאַרְבָּעִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּאַרְבָּעִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·’ar·bā·‘îm
                
                
                     About 40,000 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) forty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·’ar·bā·‘îm
         About 40,000 
    
 
        
            אֶ֖לֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֖לֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·lep̄
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a thousand <BR> 1a) as numeral <BR> 2) a thousand, company <BR> 2a) as a company of men under one leader, troops 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·lep̄
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֲלוּצֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲלוּצֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lū·ṣê
                
                
                     troops armed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2502 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, draw out, draw off, take off, withdraw, equip (for war), arm for war, rescue, be rescued <BR> 1a) (Qal) equipped (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be equipped <BR> 1b2) to go equipped <BR> 1b3) to be armed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, brace up <BR> 1c2) to invigorate <BR> 2) to draw off or out, withdraw <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to draw, draw off <BR> 2a2) to withdraw <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to be delivered <BR> 2b2) to be saved <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to pull out, tear out <BR> 2c2) to rescue, deliver, set free <BR> 2c3) to take away, plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lū·ṣê
         troops armed 
    
 
        
            הַצָּבָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַצָּבָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṣ·ṣā·ḇā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṣ·ṣā·ḇā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לַמִּלְחָמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמִּלְחָמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     for battle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·mil·ḥā·māh
         for battle 
    
 
        
            עָבְר֞וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָבְר֞וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḇə·rū
                
                
                     crossed over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḇə·rū
         crossed over 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el
         into 
    
 
        
            עַֽרְב֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽרְב֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ar·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     the plains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) desert plain, steppe, desert, wilderness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ar·ḇō·wṯ
         the plains 
    
 
        
            יְרִיחֽוֹ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרִיחֽוֹ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rî·ḥōw
                
                
                     of Jericho . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3405 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jericho = |its moon|<BR> 1) a city 5 miles (8 km) west of the Jordan and 7 miles (11.5 km) north of the Dead Sea and the first city conquered by the Israelites upon entering the promised land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rî·ḥōw
         of Jericho . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On that day the LORD exalted Joshua in the sight of all Israel, and they revered him all the days of his life, just as they had revered Moses.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַה֗וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֗וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     On that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         On that 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            גִּדַּ֤ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּדַּ֤ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gid·dal
                
                
                     exalted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow, become great or important, promote, make powerful, praise, magnify, do great things <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to grow up <BR> 1a2) to become great <BR> 1a3) to be magnified <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to cause to grow <BR> 1b2) to make great, powerful <BR> 1b3) to magnify <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be brought up <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to make great <BR> 1d2) to magnify <BR> 1d3) to do great things <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to magnify oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gid·dal
         exalted 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua 
    
 
        
            בְּעֵינֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֵינֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ê·nê
                
                
                     in the sight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - cdc 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ê·nê
         in the sight 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     of all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         of all 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽרְא֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽרְא֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yir·’ū
                
                
                     and they revered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yir·’ū
         and they revered 
    
 
        
            אֹת֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         him 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            יְמֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְמֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·mê
                
                
                     the days 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·mê
         the days 
    
 
        
            חַיָּֽיו׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיָּֽיו׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yāw
                
                
                     of his life , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yāw
         of his life , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            יָרְא֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָרְא֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·rə·’ū
                
                
                     they had revered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·rə·’ū
         they had revered 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the LORD said to Joshua,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said to 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Command the priests who carry the ark of the Testimony to come up from the Jordan.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            צַוֵּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַוֵּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣaw·wêh
                
                
                     “ Command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣaw·wêh
         “ Command 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         the priests 
    
 
        
            נֹשְׂאֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹשְׂאֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·śə·’ê
                
                
                     who carry 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·śə·’ê
         who carry 
    
 
        
            אֲר֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲר֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rō·wn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rō·wn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            הָעֵד֑וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵד֑וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ḏūṯ
                
                
                     of the Testimony 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) testimony 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ḏūṯ
         of the Testimony 
    
 
        
            וְיַעֲל֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַעֲל֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ya·‘ă·lū
                
                
                     to come up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ya·‘ă·lū
         to come up 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         the Jordan . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Joshua commanded the priests, “Come up from the Jordan.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     So Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         So Joshua 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיְצַ֣ו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְצַ֣ו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ṣaw
                
                
                     commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ṣaw
         commanded 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     the priests , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         the priests , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲל֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲל֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lū
                
                
                     “ Come up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lū
         “ Come up 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         the Jordan . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When the priests carrying the ark of the covenant of the LORD came up out of the Jordan and their feet touched the dry land, the waters of the Jordan returned to their course and overflowed all the banks as before.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַ֠יְהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַ֠יְהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         - 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֲנִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֲנִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     When the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         When the priests 
    
 
        
            נֹשְׂאֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹשְׂאֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·śə·’ê
                
                
                     carrying 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·śə·’ê
         carrying 
    
 
        
            אֲר֤וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲר֤וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rō·wn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rō·wn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            בְּרִית־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִית־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rîṯ-
                
                
                     of the covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rîṯ-
         of the covenant 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            בַּעֲלוֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּעֲלוֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ʿă·lōṯ
                
                
                     came up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ʿă·lōṯ
         came up 
    
 
        
            מִתּ֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתּ֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·tō·wḵ
                
                
                     out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·tō·wḵ
         out 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     and their 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         and their 
    
 
        
            כַּפּוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּפּוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kap·pō·wṯ
                
                
                     feet 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palm, hand, sole, palm of the hand, hollow or flat of the hand <BR> 1a) palm, hollow or flat of the hand <BR> 1b) power <BR> 1c) sole (of the foot) <BR> 1d) hollow, objects, bending objects, bent objects <BR> 1d1) of thigh-joint <BR> 1d2) pan, vessel (as hollow) <BR> 1d3) hollow (of sling) <BR> 1d4) hand-shaped branches or fronds (of palm trees) <BR> 1d5) handles (as bent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kap·pō·wṯ
         feet 
    
 
        
            רַגְלֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נִתְּק֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִתְּק֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nit·tə·qū
                
                
                     touched 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull or tear or draw off or away or apart, draw out, pluck up, break, lift, root out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to draw away <BR> 1a2) to draw or pull off <BR> 1a3) to pull or tear away <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be drawn away, be drawn out <BR> 1b2) to be torn apart or in two, be snapped <BR> 1b3) to be separated <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to tear apart, snap <BR> 1c2) to tear out, tear up, tear away <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to draw away <BR> 1d2) to drag away <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be drawn away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nit·tə·qū
         touched 
    
 
        
            אֶ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el
         
    
 
        
            הֶחָרָבָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶחָרָבָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·ḥā·rā·ḇāh
                
                
                     the dry land , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2724 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·ḥā·rā·ḇāh
         the dry land , 
    
 
        
            מֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê-
                
                
                     the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê-
         the waters 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan 
    
 
        
            וַיָּשֻׁ֤בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּשֻׁ֤בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·šu·ḇū
                
                
                     returned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·šu·ḇū
         returned 
    
 
        
            לִמְקוֹמָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִמְקוֹמָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lim·qō·w·mām
                
                
                     to their course 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lim·qō·w·mām
         to their course 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּלְכ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּלְכ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     and overflowed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·lə·ḵū
         and overflowed 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            גְּדוֹתָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּדוֹתָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḏō·w·ṯāw
                
                
                     the banks 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1415 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a river bank 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḏō·w·ṯāw
         the banks 
    
 
        
            כִתְמוֹל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִתְמוֹל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵiṯ·mō·wl-
                
                
                     as before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8543 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, before that time, beforetime, heretofore, of late, of old, these days, time(s) past, yesterday, day before yesterday, recently, formerly <BR> 1a) yesterday <BR> 1a1) recently, formerly (usual usage) (fig) <BR> 1b) as formerly, so more recently <BR> 1c) from yesterday, already 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵiṯ·mō·wl-
         as before 
    
 
        
            שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šil·šō·wm
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day before yesterday, three days ago <BR> 1a) an idiom for 'heretofore in times past' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šil·šō·wm
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On the tenth day of the first month the people went up from the Jordan and camped at Gilgal on the eastern border of Jericho.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֶּעָשׂ֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּעָשׂ֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    be·‘ā·śō·wr
                
                
                     On the tenth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, decade <BR> 1a) ten, tenth <BR> 1b) ten-stringed, harp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        be·‘ā·śō·wr
         On the tenth 
    
 
        
            הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ri·šō·wn
                
                
                     day of the first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ri·šō·wn
         day of the first 
    
 
        
            לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥō·ḏeš
                
                
                     month 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥō·ḏeš
         month 
    
 
        
            וְהָעָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָעָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·‘ām
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·‘ām
         the people 
    
 
        
            עָלוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lū
                
                
                     went up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lū
         went up 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         the Jordan 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·ḥă·nū
                
                
                     and camped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decline, incline, encamp, bend down, lay siege against <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to decline <BR> 1a2) to encamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·ḥă·nū
         and camped 
    
 
        
            בַּגִּלְגָּ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגִּלְגָּ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gil·gāl
                
                
                     at Gilgal 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1537 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gilgal = |a wheel, rolling|<BR> 1) the first site of an Israelite camp west of the Jordan, east of Jericho, here Samuel was judge, and Saul was made king; later used for illicit worship <BR> 2) dwelling place of prophets in northern Israel about four miles (7 km) from Shiloh and Bethel <BR> 3) a region conquered by Joshua, site unsure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gil·gāl
         at Gilgal 
    
 
        
            מִזְרַ֥ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזְרַ֥ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·raḥ
                
                
                     on the eastern 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of sunrise, east <BR> 1a) sunrise, east (with 'sun') <BR> 1b) the east (without 'sun') <BR> 1b1) to or toward the place of sunrise <BR> 1b2) to the east, eastward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·raḥ
         on the eastern 
    
 
        
            בִּקְצֵ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּקְצֵ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biq·ṣêh
                
                
                     border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7097 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end, mouth, extremity <BR> 1b) border, outskirts <BR> 1c) the whole (condensed term for what is included within extremities) <BR> 1d) at the end of (a certain time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biq·ṣêh
         border 
    
 
        
            יְרִיחֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרִיחֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rî·ḥōw
                
                
                     of Jericho . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3405 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jericho = |its moon|<BR> 1) a city 5 miles (8 km) west of the Jordan and 7 miles (11.5 km) north of the Dead Sea and the first city conquered by the Israelites upon entering the promised land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rî·ḥōw
         of Jericho . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And there at Gilgal Joshua set up the twelve stones they had taken from the Jordan.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֵת֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵת֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     And 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         And 
    
 
        
            בַּגִּלְגָּֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגִּלְגָּֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gil·gāl
                
                
                     there at Gilgal 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1537 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gilgal = |a wheel, rolling|<BR> 1) the first site of an Israelite camp west of the Jordan, east of Jericho, here Samuel was judge, and Saul was made king; later used for illicit worship <BR> 2) dwelling place of prophets in northern Israel about four miles (7 km) from Shiloh and Bethel <BR> 3) a region conquered by Joshua, site unsure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gil·gāl
         there at Gilgal 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua 
    
 
        
            הֵקִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵקִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·qîm
                
                
                     set up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·qîm
         set up 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     the 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         the 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֨ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֨ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·têm
                
                
                     twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·têm
         twelve 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הָֽאֲבָנִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאֲבָנִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            לָקְח֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָקְח֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·qə·ḥū
                
                
                     they had taken 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·qə·ḥū
         they had taken 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         the Jordan . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Joshua said to the Israelites, “In the future, when your children ask their fathers, ‘What is the meaning of these stones?’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֹּ֛אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֛אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     Then [Joshua] said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         Then [Joshua] said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מָחָר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָחָר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḥār
                
                
                     “ In the future , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4279 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tomorrow, in time to come, in the future <BR> 1a) tomorrow (as the day following the present day) <BR> 1b) in future time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḥār
         “ In the future , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     when 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         when 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê·ḵem
                
                
                     your children 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê·ḵem
         your children 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁאָל֨וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁאָל֨וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·’ā·lūn
                
                
                     ask 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7592 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, enquire, borrow, beg <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to ask, ask for <BR> 1a2) to ask (as a favour), borrow <BR> 1a3) to enquire, enquire of <BR> 1a4) to enquire of, consult (of deity, oracle) <BR> 1a5) to seek <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to ask for oneself, ask leave of absence <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to enquire, enquire carefully <BR> 1c2) to beg, practise beggary <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to be given on request <BR> 1d2) to grant, make over to, let (one) ask (successfully) or give or lend on request (then) grant or make over to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·’ā·lūn
         ask 
    
 
        
            אֲבוֹתָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבוֹתָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     their fathers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
         their fathers , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     ‘ What 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         ‘ What 
    
 
        
            הָאֵֽלֶּה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵֽלֶּה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     is the meaning of these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         is the meaning of these 
    
 
        
            הָאֲבָנִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲבָנִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones ? ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones ? ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            you are to tell them, ‘Israel crossed the Jordan on dry ground.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hō·w·ḏa‘·tem
                
                
                     you are to tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hō·w·ḏa‘·tem
         you are to tell 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê·ḵem
                
                
                     [them] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê·ḵem
         [them] , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     ‘ Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         ‘ Israel 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עָבַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָבַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḇar
                
                
                     crossed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḇar
         crossed 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     the 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         the 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         Jordan 
    
 
        
            בַּיַּבָּשָׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיַּבָּשָׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yab·bā·šāh
                
                
                     on dry ground . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yab·bā·šāh
         on dry ground . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For the LORD your God dried up the waters of the Jordan before you until you had crossed over, just as He did to the Red Sea, which He dried up before us until we had crossed over.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         For 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
                
                
                     your God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
         your God 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הוֹבִישׁ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹבִישׁ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·ḇîš
                
                
                     dried up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3001 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make dry, wither, be dry, become dry, be dried up, be withered <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be dry, be dried up, be without moisture <BR> 1a2) to be dried up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make dry, dry up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to dry up, make dry <BR> 1c1a) to dry up (water) <BR> 1c1b) to make dry, wither <BR> 1c1c) to exhibit dryness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·ḇîš
         dried up 
    
 
        
            מֵ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê
                
                
                     the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê
         the waters 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵיכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵיכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê·ḵem
                
                
                     before you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê·ḵem
         before you 
    
 
        
            עַֽד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         until 
    
 
        
            עָבְרְכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָבְרְכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḇə·rə·ḵem
                
                
                     you had crossed over , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḇə·rə·ḵem
         you had crossed over , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     [He] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         [He] 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֧ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֧ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָשָׂה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשָׂה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śāh
                
                
                     did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śāh
         did 
    
 
        
            ס֛וּף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ס֛וּף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sūp̄
                
                
                     to the Red 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5488 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, rush, water plant <BR> 1a) rushes <BR> 1b) sea of rushes <BR> 1b1) of Red Sea <BR> 1b2) of arms of Red Sea <BR> 1b3) of Gulf of Suez <BR> 1b4) of sea from straits to Gulf of Akaba 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sūp̄
         to the Red 
    
 
        
            לְיַם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיַם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yam-
                
                
                     Sea , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yam-
         Sea , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         which 
    
 
        
            הוֹבִ֥ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹבִ֥ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·ḇîš
                
                
                     He dried up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3001 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make dry, wither, be dry, become dry, be dried up, be withered <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be dry, be dried up, be without moisture <BR> 1a2) to be dried up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make dry, dry up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to dry up, make dry <BR> 1c1a) to dry up (water) <BR> 1c1b) to make dry, wither <BR> 1c1c) to exhibit dryness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·ḇîš
         He dried up 
    
 
        
            מִפָּנֵ֖ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפָּנֵ֖ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pā·nê·nū
                
                
                     before us 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pā·nê·nū
         before us 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         until 
    
 
        
            עָבְרֵֽנוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָבְרֵֽנוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḇə·rê·nū
                
                
                     we had crossed over . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḇə·rê·nū
         we had crossed over . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He did this so that all the peoples of the earth may know that the hand of the LORD is mighty, and so that you may always fear the LORD your God.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְ֠מַעַן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְ֠מַעַן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ma·‘an
                
                
                     {He did this] so that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4616 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purpose, intent prep <BR> 1a) for the sake of <BR> 1b) in view of, on account of <BR> 1c) for the purpose of, to the intent that, in order to conj <BR> 1d) to the end that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ma·‘an
         {He did this] so that 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            עַמֵּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמֵּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mê
                
                
                     the peoples 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mê
         the peoples 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the earth 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         
    
 
        
            דַּ֜עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּ֜עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·‘aṯ
                
                
                     may know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·‘aṯ
         may know 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            יַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḏ
                
                
                     the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḏ
         the hand 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            חֲזָקָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזָקָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zā·qāh
                
                
                     is mighty , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strong, stout, mighty <BR> 1a) strong <BR> 1a1) severe, sharp, hot<BR> 1a2) firm, hard <BR> 1b) a strong one (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zā·qāh
         is mighty , 
    
 
        
            הִ֑יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֑יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְמַ֧עַן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַ֧עַן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ma·‘an
                
                
                     and so that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4616 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purpose, intent prep <BR> 1a) for the sake of <BR> 1b) in view of, on account of <BR> 1c) for the purpose of, to the intent that, in order to conj <BR> 1d) to the end that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ma·‘an
         and so that 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     you may always 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         you may always 
    
 
        
            הַיָּמִֽים׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּמִֽים׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yā·mîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yā·mîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְרָאתֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרָאתֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rā·ṯem
                
                
                     fear 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rā·ṯem
         fear 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
                
                
                     your God . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
         your God . ”